LL TIM Functions ¶
Time Base configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Time_Base
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_EnableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_DisableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the timer counter is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether update event generation is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Inverted – state of bit (0 or 1).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
update_source
)
-
Set update event source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR: any of the following events generate an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled:
Counter overflow/underflow
Setting the UG bit
Update generation through the slave mode controller
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER: only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual event update source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
Note
When OPM is set, the timer stops counting at the next update event (UEV).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether one-pulse mode (OPM) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Set the timer counter counting mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual counter mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether auto-reload (ARR) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division
)
-
Set the division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported) and the break/break2 filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_division – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported) and the break/break2 filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division2
)
-
Set the division ratio between the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) and the DTS2 sampling clock (DTS2_ck) used by the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD2 LL_TIM_SetClockDivision2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_division2 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) and the DTS2 sampling clock (DTS2_ck) used by the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD2 LL_TIM_GetClockDivision2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
counter
)
-
Set the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_SetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
counter – Counter value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_GetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Counter – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the current direction of the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetDirection
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
Note
The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1).
Note
The prescaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new prescaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_PSC can be used to calculate the prescaler parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
prescaler – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
auto_reload
)
-
Set the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
Note
The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR can be used to calculate the auto_reload parameter In case dithering is activated,macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER can be used instead, to calculate the auto_reload parameter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
auto_reload – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
repetition_counter
)
-
Set the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
repetition_counter – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255 or 65535 for advanced timer.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Repetition – counter value
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
Note
This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be read in an atomic way.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY
(
uint32_t
Counter
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) copy is set.
- Parameters :
-
Counter – Counter value
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_EnableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be enabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_DisableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be disabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether dithering is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Time_Base
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_EnableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_DisableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the timer counter is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether update event generation is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Inverted – state of bit (0 or 1).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
update_source
)
-
Set update event source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR: any of the following events generate an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled:
Counter overflow/underflow
Setting the UG bit
Update generation through the slave mode controller
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER: only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual event update source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
Note
When OPM is set, the timer stops counting at the next update event (UEV).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether one-pulse mode (OPM) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Set the timer counter counting mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual counter mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether auto-reload (ARR) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division
)
-
Set the division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported) and the break/break2 filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_division – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported) and the break/break2 filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division2
)
-
Set the division ratio between the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) and the DTS2 sampling clock (DTS2_ck) used by the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD2 LL_TIM_SetClockDivision2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_division2 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) and the DTS2 sampling clock (DTS2_ck) used by the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD2 LL_TIM_GetClockDivision2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
counter
)
-
Set the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_SetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
counter – Counter value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_GetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Counter – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the current direction of the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetDirection
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
Note
The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1).
Note
The prescaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new prescaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_PSC can be used to calculate the prescaler parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
prescaler – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
auto_reload
)
-
Set the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
Note
The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR can be used to calculate the auto_reload parameter In case dithering is activated,macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER can be used instead, to calculate the auto_reload parameter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
auto_reload – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
repetition_counter
)
-
Set the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
repetition_counter – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255 or 65535 for advanced timer.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Repetition – counter value
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
Note
This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be read in an atomic way.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY
(
uint32_t
Counter
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) copy is set.
- Parameters :
-
Counter – Counter value
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_EnableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be enabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_DisableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be disabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether dithering is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Time_Base
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_EnableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable timer counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_DisableCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the timer counter is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update event generation.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether update event generation is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Inverted – state of bit (0 or 1).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
update_source
)
-
Set update event source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR: any of the following events generate an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled:
Counter overflow/underflow
Setting the UG bit
Update generation through the slave mode controller
Note
Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER: only counter overflow/underflow generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual event update source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 URS LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_EnableOnePulseMode
Note
When OPM is set, the timer stops counting at the next update event (UEV).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable one-pulse mode (OPM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_DisableOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether one-pulse mode (OPM) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 OPM LL_TIM_IsEnabledOnePulseMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Set the timer counter counting mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual counter mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
CR1 CMS LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether auto-reload (ARR) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division
)
-
Set the division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported) and the break/break2 filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_division – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the timer kernel clock (tim_ker_ck) and the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) used by the dead-time generators (when supported) and the break/break2 filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_division2
)
-
Set the division ratio between the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) and the DTS2 sampling clock (DTS2_ck) used by the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD2 LL_TIM_SetClockDivision2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_division2 – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the actual division ratio between the DTS sampling clock (DTS_ck) and the DTS2 sampling clock (DTS2_ck) used by the digital filters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 CKD2 LL_TIM_GetClockDivision2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the clock division feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
counter
)
-
Set the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_SetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
counter – Counter value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CNT CNT LL_TIM_GetCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the Counter value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Counter – value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the current direction of the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetDirection
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
Note
The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1).
Note
The prescaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new prescaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_PSC can be used to calculate the prescaler parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
prescaler – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the prescaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PSC PSC LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Prescaler – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
auto_reload
)
-
Set the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
Note
The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR can be used to calculate the auto_reload parameter In case dithering is activated,macro LL_TIM_CALC_ARR_DITHER can be used instead, to calculate the auto_reload parameter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
auto_reload – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the auto-reload value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ARR ARR LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Auto-reload – value
-
void
LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
repetition_counter
)
-
Set the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
repetition_counter – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255 or 65535 for advanced timer.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the repetition counter value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
RCR REP LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a repetition counter.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Repetition – counter value
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
Note
This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be read in an atomic way.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_IsEnabledUIFRemap
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY
(
uint32_t
Counter
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) copy is set.
- Parameters :
-
Counter – Counter value
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_EnableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be enabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDithering
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dithering.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_DisableDithering
Warning
Dithering can only be disabled when the counter is disabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether dithering is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 DITHEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledDithering
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
Capture Compare configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Capture_Compare
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
Note
CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded, after having been written, they are updated only when a commutation event (COM) occurs.
Note
Only on channels that have a complementary output.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
cc_update_source
)
-
Set the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
cc_update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
The – returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_req_trigger
)
-
Set the trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_req_trigger – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
lock_level
)
-
Set the lock level to freeze the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
lock_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the lock level that freezes the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Enable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Disable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Indicate whether channel(s) is(are) enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Capture_Compare
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
Note
CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded, after having been written, they are updated only when a commutation event (COM) occurs.
Note
Only on channels that have a complementary output.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
cc_update_source
)
-
Set the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
cc_update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
The – returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_req_trigger
)
-
Set the trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_req_trigger – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
lock_level
)
-
Set the lock level to freeze the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
lock_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the lock level that freezes the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Enable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Disable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Indicate whether channel(s) is(are) enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Capture_Compare
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
Note
CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded, after having been written, they are updated only when a commutation event (COM) occurs.
Note
Only on channels that have a complementary output.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
cc_update_source
)
-
Set the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
cc_update_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_GetUpdate
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance is able to generate a commutation event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
The – returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_req_trigger
)
-
Set the trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_req_trigger – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
lock_level
)
-
Set the lock level to freeze the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
lock_level – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the lock level that freezes the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_GetLockLevel
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is supported by a timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Enable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Disable capture/compare channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channels
)
-
Indicate whether channel(s) is(are) enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC2NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC3NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC4NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC5E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC6E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
CCER CC7E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channels – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
Output channel configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Output_Channel
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Define the behavior of the output reference signal OCxREF from which OCx and OCxN (when relevant) are derived.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR4 OC7M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the output compare mode of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR4 OC7M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
idle_state
)
-
Set the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
Note
This function is significant only for the timer instances supporting the break feature. Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
idle_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
override_state
)
-
Set the override state of a disabled output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OOS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS1N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
Note
Only applicable to external channels and their complementary (1, 2, 3 and 4).
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
override_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the override state of a disabled output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OOS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS1N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableOutputOverride
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable output override (outputs are forced in an idle state defined with OOSx/OOSxN bits).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_EnableOutputOverride
Note
This function can only be used when the outputs are in idle state (MOE = 0).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableOutputOverride
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable output override (outputs are in the default idle state).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_DisableOutputOverride
Note
This function can only be used when the outputs are in idle state (MOE = 0).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledOutputOverride
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether output override is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledOutputOverride
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
Note
Acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether fast mode is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates clearing the output channel on an external event is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
Note
This function enables clearing the output channel on an external event.
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
break_mode
)
-
Set the break channel output mode BKxM.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR1 BKM1 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM1N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
Note
This bit must be modified only when the counter is disabled.
Note
The break2 feature must be disabled when the delayed mode is enabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the break channel output mode BKxM.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR1 BKM1 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM1N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 1 (TIMx_CCR1).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 2 (TIMx_CCR2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 3 (TIMx_CCR3).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 4 (TIMx_CCR4).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 5 (TIMx_CCR5).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 6 (TIMx_CCR6).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH7
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 7 (TIMx_CCR7).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH7
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC7_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 7 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR1) set for output channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR2) set for output channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR3) set for output channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR4) set for output channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR5) set for output channel 5.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR6) set for output channel 6.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH7
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR7) set for output channel 7.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH7
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC7_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 7 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
)
-
Get compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
group_ch5
)
-
Select on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 GC5C1 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C4 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C1O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C4O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
group_ch5 – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCH5CombinedChannels
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width_prescaler
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
pulse_width_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
pulse_width – This parameter can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Output_Channel
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Define the behavior of the output reference signal OCxREF from which OCx and OCxN (when relevant) are derived.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR4 OC7M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the output compare mode of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR4 OC7M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
idle_state
)
-
Set the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
Note
This function is significant only for the timer instances supporting the break feature. Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
idle_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
override_state
)
-
Set the override state of a disabled output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OOS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS1N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
Note
Only applicable to external channels and their complementary (1, 2, 3 and 4).
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
override_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the override state of a disabled output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OOS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS1N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableOutputOverride
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable output override (outputs are forced in an idle state defined with OOSx/OOSxN bits).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_EnableOutputOverride
Note
This function can only be used when the outputs are in idle state (MOE = 0).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableOutputOverride
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable output override (outputs are in the default idle state).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_DisableOutputOverride
Note
This function can only be used when the outputs are in idle state (MOE = 0).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledOutputOverride
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether output override is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledOutputOverride
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
Note
Acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether fast mode is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates clearing the output channel on an external event is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
Note
This function enables clearing the output channel on an external event.
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
break_mode
)
-
Set the break channel output mode BKxM.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR1 BKM1 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM1N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
Note
This bit must be modified only when the counter is disabled.
Note
The break2 feature must be disabled when the delayed mode is enabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the break channel output mode BKxM.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR1 BKM1 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM1N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 1 (TIMx_CCR1).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 2 (TIMx_CCR2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 3 (TIMx_CCR3).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 4 (TIMx_CCR4).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 5 (TIMx_CCR5).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 6 (TIMx_CCR6).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH7
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 7 (TIMx_CCR7).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH7
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC7_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 7 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR1) set for output channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR2) set for output channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR3) set for output channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR4) set for output channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR5) set for output channel 5.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR6) set for output channel 6.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH7
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR7) set for output channel 7.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH7
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC7_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 7 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
)
-
Get compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
group_ch5
)
-
Select on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 GC5C1 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C4 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C1O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C4O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
group_ch5 – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCH5CombinedChannels
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width_prescaler
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
pulse_width_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
pulse_width – This parameter can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Output_Channel
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
mode
)
-
Define the behavior of the output reference signal OCxREF from which OCx and OCxN (when relevant) are derived.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
CCMR4 OC7M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the output compare mode of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR1 OC2M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC3M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR2 OC4M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC5M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR3 OC6M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
CCMR4 OC7M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PULSE_ON_COMPARE (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
LL_TIM_OCMODE_DIRECTION_OUTPUT (for channel 3 or channel 4 only)
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the polarity of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC5P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC6P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
CCER CC7P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
idle_state
)
-
Set the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
Note
This function is significant only for the timer instances supporting the break feature. Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
idle_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the idle state of an output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS5 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS6 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
CR2 OIS7 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
override_state
)
-
Set the override state of a disabled output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OOS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS1N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS2 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS3 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS3N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS4 LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
OOR OOS4N LL_TIM_OC_SetOverrideState
Note
Only applicable to external channels and their complementary (1, 2, 3 and 4).
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
override_state – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the override state of a disabled output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OOS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS1N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS2 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS3 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS3N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS4 LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
OOR OOS4N LL_TIM_OC_GetOverrideState
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableOutputOverride
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable output override (outputs are forced in an idle state defined with OOSx/OOSxN bits).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_EnableOutputOverride
Note
This function can only be used when the outputs are in idle state (MOE = 0).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableOutputOverride
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable output override (outputs are in the default idle state).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_DisableOutputOverride
Note
This function can only be used when the outputs are in idle state (MOE = 0).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledOutputOverride
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether output override is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OOR OCC LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledOutputOverride
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
Note
Acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable fast mode for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether fast mode is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR1 OC2FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC3FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR2 OC4FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC5FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR3 OC6FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
CCMR4 OC7FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR1 OC2PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC3PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR2 OC4PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC5PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR3 OC6PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
CCMR4 OC7PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable clearing the output channel on an external event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates clearing the output channel on an external event is enabled for the output channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR1 OC2CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC3CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR2 OC4CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC5CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR3 OC6CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
CCMR4 OC7CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
Note
This function enables clearing the output channel on an external event.
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
break_mode
)
-
Set the break channel output mode BKxM.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR1 BKM1 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM1N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4 LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4N LL_TIM_OC_SetBreakMode
Note
This bit must be modified only when the counter is disabled.
Note
The break2 feature must be disabled when the delayed mode is enabled.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the break channel output mode BKxM.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR1 BKM1 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM1N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM2N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM3N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4 LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
MPR1 BKM4N LL_TIM_OC_GetBreakMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the Ocx and OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_GetDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 1 (TIMx_CCR1).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 2 (TIMx_CCR2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 3 (TIMx_CCR3).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 4 (TIMx_CCR4).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 5 (TIMx_CCR5).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 6 (TIMx_CCR6).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH7
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for output channel 7 (TIMx_CCR7).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH7
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC7_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 7 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
,
uint32_t
compare_value
)
-
Set compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
compare_value – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR1) set for output channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR2) set for output channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR3) set for output channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR4) set for output channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR5) set for output channel 5.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH5
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 5 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR6) set for output channel 6.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH6
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 6 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH7
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR7) set for output channel 7.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH7
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC7_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 7 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
compare_unit
)
-
Get compare value for the selected compare unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR5 CCR5 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR6 CCR6 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
CCR7 CCR7 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareValue
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CCx_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not capture unit x is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, compare_value can be calculated with macro LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY_DITHER.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
compare_unit – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
compare_value – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
group_ch5
)
-
Select on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR5 GC5C1 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C4 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C1O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C2O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C3O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
CCR5 GC5C4O LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
group_ch5 – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetCH5CombinedChannels
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width_prescaler
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
pulse_width_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PWPRSC LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidthPrescaler
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
pulse_width
)
-
Set the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_SetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
pulse_width – This parameter can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the pulse on compare pulse width duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR PW LL_TIM_OC_GetPulseWidth
Note
Macro IS_TIM_PULSEONCOMPARE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not the pulse on compare feature is supported by the timer instance.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255:
-
void
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
Input channel configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Input_Channel
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ti_source
)
-
Select the input channel source.
The description below summarizes “Timer Instance” and “Timer Input” parameter combinations:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: tim1_ti1 is connected to TIM1_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_PLAY1_OUT0: tim1_ti1 is connected to play1_out0 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_GPIO: tim1_ti2 is connected to TIM1_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_PLAY1_OUT2: tim1_ti2 is connected to play1_out2 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_GPIO: tim1_ti3 is connected to TIM1_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_PLAY1_OUT1: tim1_ti3 is connected to play1_out1 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_GPIO: tim1_ti4 is connected to TIM1_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_ti4 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
TIM2: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_GPIO: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM2_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSI: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSE: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim2_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_TIM5_CH1: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_FDCAN1_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti1 is connected to fdcan1_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti1 is connected to play1_out15 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_GPIO: tim2_ti2 is connected to TIM2_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_HSE_RTC: tim2_ti2 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO1: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO2: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_FDCAN1_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti2 is connected to fdcan1_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti2 is connected to play1_out15 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_GPIO: tim2_ti3 is connected to TIM2_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_PLAY1_OUT3: tim2_ti3 is connected to play1_out3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti3 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: tim2_ti4 is connected to TIM2_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_PLAY1_OUT0: tim2_ti4 is connected to play1_out0 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti4 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*)
TIM3: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO: tim3_ti1 is connected to TIM3_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_PLAY1_OUT8: tim3_ti1 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_GPIO: tim3_ti2 is connected to TIM3_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_PLAY1_OUT9: tim3_ti2 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_GPIO: tim3_ti3 is connected to TIM3_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_PLAY1_OUT10: tim3_ti3 is connected to play1_out10 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_GPIO: tim3_ti4 is connected to TIM3_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_PLAY1_OUT11: tim3_ti4 is connected to play1_out11 (*)
TIM4: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_GPIO: tim4_ti1 is connected to TIM4_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim4_ti1 is connected to comp1_out
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_GPIO: tim4_ti2 is connected to TIM4_CH2
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_GPIO: tim4_ti3 is connected to TIM4_CH3
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_GPIO: tim4_ti4 is connected to TIM4_CH4
TIM5: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_GPIO: tim5_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_GPIO: tim5_ti2 is connected to TIM5_CH2
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_GPIO: tim5_ti3 is connected to TIM5_CH3
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_GPIO: tim5_ti4 is connected to TIM5_CH4
TIM8: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO: tim8_ti1 is connected to TIM8_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_PLAY1_OUT14: tim8_ti1 is connected to play1_out14 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_GPIO: tim8_ti2 is connected to TIM8_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_ti2 is connected to play1_out10 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_GPIO: tim8_ti3 is connected to TIM8_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_PLAY1_OUT12: tim8_ti3 is connected to play1_out12 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_GPIO: tim8_ti4 is connected to TIM8_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_PLAY1_OUT5: tim8_ti4 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM12: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_GPIO: tim12_ti1 is connected to TIM12_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO1: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO2: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim12_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim12_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_PLAY1_OUT7: tim12_ti1 is connected to play1_out7 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_GPIO: tim12_ti2 is connected to TIM12_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_PLAY1_OUT14: tim12_ti2 is connected to play1_out14 (*)
TIM15: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: tim15_ti1 is connected to TIM15_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: tim15_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_PLAY1_OUT4: tim15_ti1 is connected to play1_out4 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_GPIO: tim15_ti2 is connected to TIM15_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_PLAY1_OUT5: tim15_ti2 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM16: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: tim16_ti1 is connected to TIM16_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim16_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO1: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO2: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_PLAY1_OUT5: tim16_ti1 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM17: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO: tim17_ti1 is connected to TIM17_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim17_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO1: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO2: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim17_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_PLAY1_OUT9: tim17_ti1 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
TIM20: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_GPIO: tim20_ti1 is connected to TIM20_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_PLAY1_OUT3: tim20_ti1 is connected to play1_out3 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_GPIO: tim20_ti2 is connected to TIM20_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_PLAY1_OUT7: tim20_ti2 is connected to play1_out7 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_GPIO: tim20_ti3 is connected to TIM20_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_PLAY1_OUT8: tim20_ti3 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_GPIO: tim20_ti4 is connected to TIM20_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_PLAY1_OUT9: tim20_ti4 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
ti_source – The timer input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF). Otherwise, see the Reference Manual description of the TISEL registers.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the source of the input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: tim1_ti1 is connected to TIM1_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_PLAY1_OUT0: tim1_ti1 is connected to play1_out0 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_GPIO: tim1_ti2 is connected to TIM1_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_PLAY1_OUT2: tim1_ti2 is connected to play1_out2 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_GPIO: tim1_ti3 is connected to TIM1_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_PLAY1_OUT1: tim1_ti3 is connected to play1_out1 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_GPIO: tim1_ti4 is connected to TIM1_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_ti4 is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_GPIO: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM2_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSI: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSE: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim2_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_TIM5_CH1: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_FDCAN1_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti1 is connected to fdcan1_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti1 is connected to play1_out15 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_GPIO: tim2_ti2 is connected to TIM2_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_HSE_RTC: tim2_ti2 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO1: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO2: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_FDCAN1_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti2 is connected to fdcan1_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti2 is connected to play1_out15 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_GPIO: tim2_ti3 is connected to TIM2_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_PLAY1_OUT3: tim2_ti3 is connected to play1_out3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti3 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: tim2_ti4 is connected to TIM2_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_PLAY1_OUT0: tim2_ti4 is connected to play1_out0 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti4 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO: tim3_ti1 is connected to TIM3_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_PLAY1_OUT8: tim3_ti1 is connected to play1_out8 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_GPIO: tim3_ti2 is connected to TIM3_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_PLAY1_OUT9: tim3_ti2 is connected to play1_out9 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_GPIO: tim3_ti3 is connected to TIM3_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_PLAY1_OUT10: tim3_ti3 is connected to play1_out10 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_GPIO: tim3_ti4 is connected to TIM3_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_PLAY1_OUT11: tim3_ti4 is connected to play1_out11 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_GPIO: tim4_ti1 is connected to TIM4_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim4_ti1 is connected to comp1_out . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_GPIO: tim4_ti2 is connected to TIM4_CH2 . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_GPIO: tim4_ti3 is connected to TIM4_CH3 . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_GPIO: tim4_ti4 is connected to TIM4_CH4 TIM5: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_GPIO: tim5_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_GPIO: tim5_ti2 is connected to TIM5_CH2 . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_GPIO: tim5_ti3 is connected to TIM5_CH3 . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_GPIO: tim5_ti4 is connected to TIM5_CH4 TIM8: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO: tim8_ti1 is connected to TIM8_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_PLAY1_OUT14: tim8_ti1 is connected to play1_out14 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_GPIO: tim8_ti2 is connected to TIM8_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_ti2 is connected to play1_out10 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_GPIO: tim8_ti3 is connected to TIM8_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_PLAY1_OUT12: tim8_ti3 is connected to play1_out12 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_GPIO: tim8_ti4 is connected to TIM8_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_PLAY1_OUT5: tim8_ti4 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM12: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_GPIO: tim12_ti1 is connected to TIM12_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO1: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO2: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim12_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim12_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_PLAY1_OUT7: tim12_ti1 is connected to play1_out7 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_GPIO: tim12_ti2 is connected to TIM12_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_PLAY1_OUT14: tim12_ti2 is connected to play1_out14 (*) TIM15: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: tim15_ti1 is connected to TIM15_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: tim15_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_PLAY1_OUT4: tim15_ti1 is connected to play1_out4 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_GPIO: tim15_ti2 is connected to TIM15_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_PLAY1_OUT5: tim15_ti2 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM16: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: tim16_ti1 is connected to TIM16_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim16_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO1: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO2: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_PLAY1_OUT5: tim16_ti1 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM17: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO: tim17_ti1 is connected to TIM17_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim17_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO1: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO2: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim17_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_PLAY1_OUT9: tim17_ti1 is connected to play1_out9 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_GPIO: tim20_ti1 is connected to TIM20_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_PLAY1_OUT3: tim20_ti1 is connected to play1_out3 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_GPIO: tim20_ti2 is connected to TIM20_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_PLAY1_OUT7: tim20_ti2 is connected to play1_out7 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_GPIO: tim20_ti3 is connected to TIM20_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_PLAY1_OUT8: tim20_ti3 is connected to play1_out8 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_GPIO: tim20_ti4 is connected to TIM20_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_PLAY1_OUT9: tim20_ti4 is connected to play1_out9 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_active_input
)
-
Set the active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_active_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler of input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current prescaler value acting on an input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_filter
)
-
Set the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_polarity
)
-
Set the input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
xor_position
)
-
Set the XOR gate position.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 XORPS LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance has at least 3 channels.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
xor_position – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetXORGatePosition
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the XOR gate position.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 XORPS LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance has at least 3 channels.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Connect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input (XOR combination).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disconnect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins from the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connectected to the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get captured value for the selected capture unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicate the level of input signals (after the digital filtering stage), for polling purposes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TI1FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI2FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI3FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI4FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Input_Channel
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ti_source
)
-
Select the input channel source.
The description below summarizes “Timer Instance” and “Timer Input” parameter combinations:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: tim1_ti1 is connected to TIM1_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_PLAY1_OUT0: tim1_ti1 is connected to play1_out0 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_GPIO: tim1_ti2 is connected to TIM1_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_PLAY1_OUT2: tim1_ti2 is connected to play1_out2 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_GPIO: tim1_ti3 is connected to TIM1_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_PLAY1_OUT1: tim1_ti3 is connected to play1_out1 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_GPIO: tim1_ti4 is connected to TIM1_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_ti4 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
TIM2: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_GPIO: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM2_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSI: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSE: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim2_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_TIM5_CH1: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_FDCAN1_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti1 is connected to fdcan1_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti1 is connected to play1_out15 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_GPIO: tim2_ti2 is connected to TIM2_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_HSE_RTC: tim2_ti2 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO1: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO2: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_FDCAN1_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti2 is connected to fdcan1_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti2 is connected to play1_out15 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_GPIO: tim2_ti3 is connected to TIM2_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_PLAY1_OUT3: tim2_ti3 is connected to play1_out3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti3 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: tim2_ti4 is connected to TIM2_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_PLAY1_OUT0: tim2_ti4 is connected to play1_out0 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti4 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*)
TIM3: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO: tim3_ti1 is connected to TIM3_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_PLAY1_OUT8: tim3_ti1 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_GPIO: tim3_ti2 is connected to TIM3_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_PLAY1_OUT9: tim3_ti2 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_GPIO: tim3_ti3 is connected to TIM3_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_PLAY1_OUT10: tim3_ti3 is connected to play1_out10 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_GPIO: tim3_ti4 is connected to TIM3_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_PLAY1_OUT11: tim3_ti4 is connected to play1_out11 (*)
TIM4: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_GPIO: tim4_ti1 is connected to TIM4_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim4_ti1 is connected to comp1_out
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_GPIO: tim4_ti2 is connected to TIM4_CH2
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_GPIO: tim4_ti3 is connected to TIM4_CH3
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_GPIO: tim4_ti4 is connected to TIM4_CH4
TIM5: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_GPIO: tim5_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_GPIO: tim5_ti2 is connected to TIM5_CH2
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_GPIO: tim5_ti3 is connected to TIM5_CH3
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_GPIO: tim5_ti4 is connected to TIM5_CH4
TIM8: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO: tim8_ti1 is connected to TIM8_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_PLAY1_OUT14: tim8_ti1 is connected to play1_out14 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_GPIO: tim8_ti2 is connected to TIM8_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_ti2 is connected to play1_out10 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_GPIO: tim8_ti3 is connected to TIM8_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_PLAY1_OUT12: tim8_ti3 is connected to play1_out12 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_GPIO: tim8_ti4 is connected to TIM8_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_PLAY1_OUT5: tim8_ti4 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM12: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_GPIO: tim12_ti1 is connected to TIM12_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO1: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO2: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim12_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim12_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_PLAY1_OUT7: tim12_ti1 is connected to play1_out7 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_GPIO: tim12_ti2 is connected to TIM12_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_PLAY1_OUT14: tim12_ti2 is connected to play1_out14 (*)
TIM15: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: tim15_ti1 is connected to TIM15_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: tim15_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_PLAY1_OUT4: tim15_ti1 is connected to play1_out4 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_GPIO: tim15_ti2 is connected to TIM15_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_PLAY1_OUT5: tim15_ti2 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM16: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: tim16_ti1 is connected to TIM16_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim16_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO1: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO2: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_PLAY1_OUT5: tim16_ti1 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM17: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO: tim17_ti1 is connected to TIM17_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim17_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO1: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO2: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim17_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_PLAY1_OUT9: tim17_ti1 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
TIM20: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_GPIO: tim20_ti1 is connected to TIM20_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_PLAY1_OUT3: tim20_ti1 is connected to play1_out3 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_GPIO: tim20_ti2 is connected to TIM20_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_PLAY1_OUT7: tim20_ti2 is connected to play1_out7 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_GPIO: tim20_ti3 is connected to TIM20_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_PLAY1_OUT8: tim20_ti3 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_GPIO: tim20_ti4 is connected to TIM20_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_PLAY1_OUT9: tim20_ti4 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
ti_source – The timer input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF). Otherwise, see the Reference Manual description of the TISEL registers.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the source of the input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: tim1_ti1 is connected to TIM1_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_PLAY1_OUT0: tim1_ti1 is connected to play1_out0 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_GPIO: tim1_ti2 is connected to TIM1_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_PLAY1_OUT2: tim1_ti2 is connected to play1_out2 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_GPIO: tim1_ti3 is connected to TIM1_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_PLAY1_OUT1: tim1_ti3 is connected to play1_out1 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_GPIO: tim1_ti4 is connected to TIM1_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_ti4 is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_GPIO: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM2_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSI: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSE: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim2_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_TIM5_CH1: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_FDCAN1_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti1 is connected to fdcan1_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti1 is connected to play1_out15 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_GPIO: tim2_ti2 is connected to TIM2_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_HSE_RTC: tim2_ti2 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO1: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO2: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_FDCAN1_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti2 is connected to fdcan1_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti2 is connected to play1_out15 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_GPIO: tim2_ti3 is connected to TIM2_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_PLAY1_OUT3: tim2_ti3 is connected to play1_out3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti3 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: tim2_ti4 is connected to TIM2_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_PLAY1_OUT0: tim2_ti4 is connected to play1_out0 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti4 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO: tim3_ti1 is connected to TIM3_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_PLAY1_OUT8: tim3_ti1 is connected to play1_out8 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_GPIO: tim3_ti2 is connected to TIM3_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_PLAY1_OUT9: tim3_ti2 is connected to play1_out9 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_GPIO: tim3_ti3 is connected to TIM3_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_PLAY1_OUT10: tim3_ti3 is connected to play1_out10 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_GPIO: tim3_ti4 is connected to TIM3_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_PLAY1_OUT11: tim3_ti4 is connected to play1_out11 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_GPIO: tim4_ti1 is connected to TIM4_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim4_ti1 is connected to comp1_out . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_GPIO: tim4_ti2 is connected to TIM4_CH2 . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_GPIO: tim4_ti3 is connected to TIM4_CH3 . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_GPIO: tim4_ti4 is connected to TIM4_CH4 TIM5: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_GPIO: tim5_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_GPIO: tim5_ti2 is connected to TIM5_CH2 . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_GPIO: tim5_ti3 is connected to TIM5_CH3 . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_GPIO: tim5_ti4 is connected to TIM5_CH4 TIM8: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO: tim8_ti1 is connected to TIM8_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_PLAY1_OUT14: tim8_ti1 is connected to play1_out14 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_GPIO: tim8_ti2 is connected to TIM8_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_ti2 is connected to play1_out10 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_GPIO: tim8_ti3 is connected to TIM8_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_PLAY1_OUT12: tim8_ti3 is connected to play1_out12 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_GPIO: tim8_ti4 is connected to TIM8_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_PLAY1_OUT5: tim8_ti4 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM12: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_GPIO: tim12_ti1 is connected to TIM12_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO1: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO2: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim12_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim12_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_PLAY1_OUT7: tim12_ti1 is connected to play1_out7 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_GPIO: tim12_ti2 is connected to TIM12_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_PLAY1_OUT14: tim12_ti2 is connected to play1_out14 (*) TIM15: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: tim15_ti1 is connected to TIM15_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: tim15_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_PLAY1_OUT4: tim15_ti1 is connected to play1_out4 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_GPIO: tim15_ti2 is connected to TIM15_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_PLAY1_OUT5: tim15_ti2 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM16: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: tim16_ti1 is connected to TIM16_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim16_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO1: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO2: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_PLAY1_OUT5: tim16_ti1 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM17: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO: tim17_ti1 is connected to TIM17_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim17_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO1: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO2: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim17_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_PLAY1_OUT9: tim17_ti1 is connected to play1_out9 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_GPIO: tim20_ti1 is connected to TIM20_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_PLAY1_OUT3: tim20_ti1 is connected to play1_out3 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_GPIO: tim20_ti2 is connected to TIM20_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_PLAY1_OUT7: tim20_ti2 is connected to play1_out7 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_GPIO: tim20_ti3 is connected to TIM20_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_PLAY1_OUT8: tim20_ti3 is connected to play1_out8 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_GPIO: tim20_ti4 is connected to TIM20_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_PLAY1_OUT9: tim20_ti4 is connected to play1_out9 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_active_input
)
-
Set the active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_active_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler of input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current prescaler value acting on an input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_filter
)
-
Set the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_polarity
)
-
Set the input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
xor_position
)
-
Set the XOR gate position.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 XORPS LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance has at least 3 channels.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
xor_position – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetXORGatePosition
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the XOR gate position.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 XORPS LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance has at least 3 channels.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Connect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input (XOR combination).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disconnect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins from the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connectected to the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get captured value for the selected capture unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicate the level of input signals (after the digital filtering stage), for polling purposes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TI1FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI2FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI3FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI4FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Input_Channel
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_Config
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ti_source
)
-
Select the input channel source.
The description below summarizes “Timer Instance” and “Timer Input” parameter combinations:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_IC_SetSource
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: tim1_ti1 is connected to TIM1_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_PLAY1_OUT0: tim1_ti1 is connected to play1_out0 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_GPIO: tim1_ti2 is connected to TIM1_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_PLAY1_OUT2: tim1_ti2 is connected to play1_out2 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_GPIO: tim1_ti3 is connected to TIM1_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_PLAY1_OUT1: tim1_ti3 is connected to play1_out1 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_GPIO: tim1_ti4 is connected to TIM1_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_ti4 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
TIM2: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_GPIO: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM2_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSI: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSE: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim2_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_TIM5_CH1: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_FDCAN1_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti1 is connected to fdcan1_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti1 is connected to play1_out15 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_GPIO: tim2_ti2 is connected to TIM2_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_HSE_RTC: tim2_ti2 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO1: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO2: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_FDCAN1_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti2 is connected to fdcan1_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti2 is connected to play1_out15 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_GPIO: tim2_ti3 is connected to TIM2_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_PLAY1_OUT3: tim2_ti3 is connected to play1_out3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti3 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: tim2_ti4 is connected to TIM2_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_PLAY1_OUT0: tim2_ti4 is connected to play1_out0 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti4 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*)
TIM3: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO: tim3_ti1 is connected to TIM3_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_PLAY1_OUT8: tim3_ti1 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_GPIO: tim3_ti2 is connected to TIM3_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_PLAY1_OUT9: tim3_ti2 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_GPIO: tim3_ti3 is connected to TIM3_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_PLAY1_OUT10: tim3_ti3 is connected to play1_out10 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_GPIO: tim3_ti4 is connected to TIM3_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_PLAY1_OUT11: tim3_ti4 is connected to play1_out11 (*)
TIM4: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_GPIO: tim4_ti1 is connected to TIM4_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim4_ti1 is connected to comp1_out
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_GPIO: tim4_ti2 is connected to TIM4_CH2
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_GPIO: tim4_ti3 is connected to TIM4_CH3
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_GPIO: tim4_ti4 is connected to TIM4_CH4
TIM5: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_GPIO: tim5_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_GPIO: tim5_ti2 is connected to TIM5_CH2
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_GPIO: tim5_ti3 is connected to TIM5_CH3
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_GPIO: tim5_ti4 is connected to TIM5_CH4
TIM8: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO: tim8_ti1 is connected to TIM8_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_PLAY1_OUT14: tim8_ti1 is connected to play1_out14 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_GPIO: tim8_ti2 is connected to TIM8_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_ti2 is connected to play1_out10 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_GPIO: tim8_ti3 is connected to TIM8_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_PLAY1_OUT12: tim8_ti3 is connected to play1_out12 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_GPIO: tim8_ti4 is connected to TIM8_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_PLAY1_OUT5: tim8_ti4 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM12: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_GPIO: tim12_ti1 is connected to TIM12_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO1: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO2: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim12_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim12_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_PLAY1_OUT7: tim12_ti1 is connected to play1_out7 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_GPIO: tim12_ti2 is connected to TIM12_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_PLAY1_OUT14: tim12_ti2 is connected to play1_out14 (*)
TIM15: one of the following values:
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: tim15_ti1 is connected to TIM15_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: tim15_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_PLAY1_OUT4: tim15_ti1 is connected to play1_out4 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_GPIO: tim15_ti2 is connected to TIM15_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_PLAY1_OUT5: tim15_ti2 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM16: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: tim16_ti1 is connected to TIM16_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim16_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO1: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO2: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_PLAY1_OUT5: tim16_ti1 is connected to play1_out5 (*)
TIM17: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO: tim17_ti1 is connected to TIM17_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim17_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO1: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO2: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim17_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_PLAY1_OUT9: tim17_ti1 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
TIM20: one of the following values: (**)
. . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_GPIO: tim20_ti1 is connected to TIM20_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_PLAY1_OUT3: tim20_ti1 is connected to play1_out3 (*)
. . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_GPIO: tim20_ti2 is connected to TIM20_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_PLAY1_OUT7: tim20_ti2 is connected to play1_out7 (*)
. . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_GPIO: tim20_ti3 is connected to TIM20_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_PLAY1_OUT8: tim20_ti3 is connected to play1_out8 (*)
. . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_GPIO: tim20_ti4 is connected to TIM20_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_PLAY1_OUT9: tim20_ti4 is connected to play1_out9 (*)
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
ti_source – The timer input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF). Otherwise, see the Reference Manual description of the TISEL registers.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the source of the input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TISEL TI1SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI2SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI3SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
TISEL TI4SEL LL_TIM_IC_GetSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be remapped.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO: tim1_ti1 is connected to TIM1_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim1_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_TI1_PLAY1_OUT0: tim1_ti1 is connected to play1_out0 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_GPIO: tim1_ti2 is connected to TIM1_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI2_PLAY1_OUT2: tim1_ti2 is connected to play1_out2 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_GPIO: tim1_ti3 is connected to TIM1_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI3_PLAY1_OUT1: tim1_ti3 is connected to play1_out1 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_GPIO: tim1_ti4 is connected to TIM1_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM1_TI4_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_ti4 is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_GPIO: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM2_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSI: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_LSE: tim2_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim2_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_TIM5_CH1: tim2_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_FDCAN1_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti1 is connected to fdcan1_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim2_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI1_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti1 is connected to play1_out15 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_GPIO: tim2_ti2 is connected to TIM2_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_HSE_RTC: tim2_ti2 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO1: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_MCO2: tim2_ti2 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_FDCAN1_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti2 is connected to fdcan1_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI2_PLAY1_OUT15: tim2_ti2 is connected to play1_out15 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_GPIO: tim2_ti3 is connected to TIM2_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_PLAY1_OUT3: tim2_ti3 is connected to play1_out3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI3_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti3 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO: tim2_ti4 is connected to TIM2_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2_OUT: tim2_ti4 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_PLAY1_OUT0: tim2_ti4 is connected to play1_out0 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_TI4_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim2_ti4 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO: tim3_ti1 is connected to TIM3_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim3_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI1_PLAY1_OUT8: tim3_ti1 is connected to play1_out8 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_GPIO: tim3_ti2 is connected to TIM3_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim3_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_TI2_PLAY1_OUT9: tim3_ti2 is connected to play1_out9 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_GPIO: tim3_ti3 is connected to TIM3_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI3_PLAY1_OUT10: tim3_ti3 is connected to play1_out10 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_GPIO: tim3_ti4 is connected to TIM3_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM3_TI4_PLAY1_OUT11: tim3_ti4 is connected to play1_out11 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_GPIO: tim4_ti1 is connected to TIM4_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM4_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim4_ti1 is connected to comp1_out . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI2_GPIO: tim4_ti2 is connected to TIM4_CH2 . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI3_GPIO: tim4_ti3 is connected to TIM4_CH3 . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM4_TI4_GPIO: tim4_ti4 is connected to TIM4_CH4 TIM5: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_GPIO: tim5_ti1 is connected to TIM5_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim5_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI2_GPIO: tim5_ti2 is connected to TIM5_CH2 . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI3_GPIO: tim5_ti3 is connected to TIM5_CH3 . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_GPIO: tim5_ti4 is connected to TIM5_CH4 TIM8: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO: tim8_ti1 is connected to TIM8_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim8_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_TI1_PLAY1_OUT14: tim8_ti1 is connected to play1_out14 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_GPIO: tim8_ti2 is connected to TIM8_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI2_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_ti2 is connected to play1_out10 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_GPIO: tim8_ti3 is connected to TIM8_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI3_PLAY1_OUT12: tim8_ti3 is connected to play1_out12 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_GPIO: tim8_ti4 is connected to TIM8_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM8_TI4_PLAY1_OUT5: tim8_ti4 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM12: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_GPIO: tim12_ti1 is connected to TIM12_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO1: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_MCO2: tim12_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim12_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim12_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim12_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM12_TI1_PLAY1_OUT7: tim12_ti1 is connected to play1_out7 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_GPIO: tim12_ti2 is connected to TIM12_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM12_TI2_PLAY1_OUT14: tim12_ti2 is connected to play1_out14 (*) TIM15: one of the following values: . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO: tim15_ti1 is connected to TIM15_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE: tim15_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_FDCAN2_RXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti1 is connected to fdcan2_rxeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim15_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI1_PLAY1_OUT4: tim15_ti1 is connected to play1_out4 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_GPIO: tim15_ti2 is connected to TIM15_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_FDCAN2_TXEOF_EVT: tim15_ti2 is connected to fdcan2_txeof_evt (*) LL_TIM_TIM15_TI2_PLAY1_OUT5: tim15_ti2 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM16: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO: tim16_ti1 is connected to TIM16_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSI LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE: tim16_ti1 is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC_WUT_TRG: tim16_ti1 is connected to rtc_wut_trg LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO1: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO2: tim16_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim16_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM16_TI1_PLAY1_OUT5: tim16_ti1 is connected to play1_out5 (*) TIM17: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO: tim17_ti1 is connected to TIM17_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_RTC: tim17_ti1 is connected to hse_1M_ck LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO1: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO2: tim17_ti1 is connected to MCO2 LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_I3C1_IBI_ACK: tim17_ti1 is connected to i3c1_ibi_ack LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim17_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM17_TI1_PLAY1_OUT9: tim17_ti1 is connected to play1_out9 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) . . TI1_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_GPIO: tim20_ti1 is connected to TIM20_CH1 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP1_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP2_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP3_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_COMP4_OUT: tim20_ti1 is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_TI1_PLAY1_OUT3: tim20_ti1 is connected to play1_out3 (*) . . TI2_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_GPIO: tim20_ti2 is connected to TIM20_CH2 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI2_PLAY1_OUT7: tim20_ti2 is connected to play1_out7 (*) . . TI3_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_GPIO: tim20_ti3 is connected to TIM20_CH3 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI3_PLAY1_OUT8: tim20_ti3 is connected to play1_out8 (*) . . TI4_RMP can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_GPIO: tim20_ti4 is connected to TIM20_CH4 LL_TIM_TIM20_TI4_PLAY1_OUT9: tim20_ti4 is connected to play1_out9 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_active_input
)
-
Set the active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_active_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current active input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR1 CC2S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC3S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
CCMR2 CC4S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_prescaler
)
-
Set the prescaler of input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_prescaler – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current prescaler value acting on an input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR1 IC2PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC3PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
CCMR2 IC4PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_filter
)
-
Set the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the input filter duration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR1 IC2F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC3F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
CCMR2 IC4F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
ic_polarity
)
-
Set the input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
ic_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get the current input channel polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC2NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC3NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
CCER CC4NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
xor_position
)
-
Set the XOR gate position.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 XORPS LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance has at least 3 channels.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
xor_position – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetXORGatePosition
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the XOR gate position.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 XORPS LL_TIM_IC_SetXORGatePosition
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance has at least 3 channels.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Enable the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Disable the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicates whether the signal inversion of a XOR gate input channel is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI2INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
CR2 TI3INV LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORGateInputInversion
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Connect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input (XOR combination).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disconnect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins from the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connectected to the TI1 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
Note
Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an XOR input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 1 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH2
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 2 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH3
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 3 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get captured value for input channel 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH4
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 4 is supported by a timer instance.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get captured value for the selected capture unit.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR2 CCR2 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR3 CCR3 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
CCR4 CCR4 LL_TIM_IC_GetCapturedValue
Note
In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports a 32-bit counter.
Note
If dithering is activated, pay attention to the returned value interpretation.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
CapturedValue – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Indicate the level of input signals (after the digital filtering stage), for polling purposes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TI1FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI2FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI3FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
SR TI4FS LL_TIM_IC_GetInputStatus
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_IC_Config
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
Counter clock selection ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Clock_Selection
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
Note
When external clock mode 2 is enabled the counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether external clock mode 2 is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_source
)
-
Set the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_SetClockSource
Note
when selected clock source is external clock mode 1, the timer input the external clock is applied is selected by calling the LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput() function. This timer input must be configured by calling the LL_TIM_IC_Config() function.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode1.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the encoder mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_GetClockSource
Note
If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Clock_Selection
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
Note
When external clock mode 2 is enabled the counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether external clock mode 2 is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_source
)
-
Set the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_SetClockSource
Note
when selected clock source is external clock mode 1, the timer input the external clock is applied is selected by calling the LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput() function. This timer input must be configured by calling the LL_TIM_IC_Config() function.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode1.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the encoder mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_GetClockSource
Note
If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Clock_Selection
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
Note
When external clock mode 2 is enabled the counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable external clock mode 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether external clock mode 2 is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
Note
Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetClockSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
clock_source
)
-
Set the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_SetClockSource
Note
when selected clock source is external clock mode 1, the timer input the external clock is applied is selected by calling the LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput() function. This timer input must be configured by calling the LL_TIM_IC_Config() function.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode1.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports external clock mode2.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the encoder mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
clock_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetClockSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the clock source of the counter clock.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetClockSource
SMCR ECE LL_TIM_GetClockSource
Note
If external clock mode 1 and external clock mode 2 are enabled at the same time, the external clock input is tim_etrf.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
Timer synchronisation configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Timer_Synchronization
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output (TRGO) used for timer synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
timer_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output (TRGO).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
adc_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) used for ADC synchronization .
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
adc_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output 2 (TRGO2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
postscaler
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) post-scaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 TGO2PSC LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
Note
The TRGO2 clock frequency tgo2_cktim is equal to tim_ocxrefc / (TGO2PSC[4:0] + 1).
Note
The post-scaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new post-scaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
postscaler – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) post-scaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 TGO2PSC LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
postscaler – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
slave_mode
)
-
Set the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
slave_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
trigger_input
)
-
Set the selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
trigger_input – This parameter can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_TS_ITR0 LL_TIM_TS_ITR1 LL_TIM_TS_ITR2 LL_TIM_TS_ITR6 LL_TIM_TS_ITR7 LL_TIM_TS_ITR8 LL_TIM_TS_ITR9 #if TIM20 LL_TIM_TS_ITR12 LL_TIM_TS_ITR13 LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1 LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2 LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger input used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_TS_ITR0 LL_TIM_TS_ITR1 LL_TIM_TS_ITR2 LL_TIM_TS_ITR6 LL_TIM_TS_ITR7 LL_TIM_TS_ITR8 LL_TIM_TS_ITR9 #if TIM20 LL_TIM_TS_ITR12 LL_TIM_TS_ITR13 LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1 LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2 LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the Master/Slave mode is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
etr_filter
)
-
Configure the external trigger (ETR) input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR SETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_ConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
etr_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
etr_prescaler – This parameter must be a combination of the following values:
etr_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_filter
)
-
Get the external trigger (ETR) input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR SETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_etr_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for ETR polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_etr_prescaler –
Pointer to a storage for ETR prescalers (asynchronous & synchronous).
The value can be a combination of the following values:
p_etr_filter –
Pointer to a storage for ETR filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetETRSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_source
)
-
Select the external trigger (ETR) input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_SetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
etr_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim1_etr_in is connected to TIM1_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_LSE: tim2_etr_in is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_MCO1: tim2_etr_in is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT2: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out2 (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT13: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out13 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim4_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim8_etr_in is connected to TIM8_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out10 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim20_etr_in is connected to TIM20_ETR LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT14: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out14 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetETRSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the external trigger input (ETR).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_GetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
ETR – source that can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim1_etr_in is connected to TIM1_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_LSE: tim2_etr_in is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_MCO1: tim2_etr_in is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT2: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out2 (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT13: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out13 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim4_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim8_etr_in is connected to TIM8_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out10 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim20_etr_in is connected to TIM20_ETR LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT14: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out14 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether SMS preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
preload_source
)
-
Set the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
preload_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableADCSynchronization
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable ADC synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_EnableADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableADCSynchronization
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable ADC synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_DisableADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledADCSynchronization
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether ADC sycnhronization is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_IsEnabledADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Timer_Synchronization
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output (TRGO) used for timer synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
timer_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output (TRGO).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
adc_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) used for ADC synchronization .
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
adc_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output 2 (TRGO2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
postscaler
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) post-scaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 TGO2PSC LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
Note
The TRGO2 clock frequency tgo2_cktim is equal to tim_ocxrefc / (TGO2PSC[4:0] + 1).
Note
The post-scaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new post-scaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
postscaler – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) post-scaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 TGO2PSC LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
postscaler – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
slave_mode
)
-
Set the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
slave_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
trigger_input
)
-
Set the selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
trigger_input – This parameter can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_TS_ITR0 LL_TIM_TS_ITR1 LL_TIM_TS_ITR2 LL_TIM_TS_ITR6 LL_TIM_TS_ITR7 LL_TIM_TS_ITR8 LL_TIM_TS_ITR9 #if TIM20 LL_TIM_TS_ITR12 LL_TIM_TS_ITR13 LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1 LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2 LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger input used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_TS_ITR0 LL_TIM_TS_ITR1 LL_TIM_TS_ITR2 LL_TIM_TS_ITR6 LL_TIM_TS_ITR7 LL_TIM_TS_ITR8 LL_TIM_TS_ITR9 #if TIM20 LL_TIM_TS_ITR12 LL_TIM_TS_ITR13 LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1 LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2 LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the Master/Slave mode is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
etr_filter
)
-
Configure the external trigger (ETR) input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR SETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_ConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
etr_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
etr_prescaler – This parameter must be a combination of the following values:
etr_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_filter
)
-
Get the external trigger (ETR) input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR SETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_etr_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for ETR polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_etr_prescaler –
Pointer to a storage for ETR prescalers (asynchronous & synchronous).
The value can be a combination of the following values:
p_etr_filter –
Pointer to a storage for ETR filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetETRSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_source
)
-
Select the external trigger (ETR) input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_SetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
etr_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim1_etr_in is connected to TIM1_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_LSE: tim2_etr_in is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_MCO1: tim2_etr_in is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT2: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out2 (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT13: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out13 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim4_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim8_etr_in is connected to TIM8_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out10 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim20_etr_in is connected to TIM20_ETR LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT14: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out14 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetETRSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the external trigger input (ETR).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_GetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
ETR – source that can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim1_etr_in is connected to TIM1_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_LSE: tim2_etr_in is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_MCO1: tim2_etr_in is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT2: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out2 (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT13: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out13 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim4_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim8_etr_in is connected to TIM8_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out10 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim20_etr_in is connected to TIM20_ETR LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT14: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out14 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether SMS preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
preload_source
)
-
Set the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
preload_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableADCSynchronization
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable ADC synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_EnableADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableADCSynchronization
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable ADC synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_DisableADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledADCSynchronization
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether ADC sycnhronization is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_IsEnabledADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Timer_Synchronization
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output (TRGO) used for timer synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
timer_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output (TRGO).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a master timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
adc_synchronization
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) used for ADC synchronization .
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
adc_synchronization – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the trigger output 2 (TRGO2).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be used for ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer Instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
postscaler
)
-
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) post-scaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 TGO2PSC LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
Note
The TRGO2 clock frequency tgo2_cktim is equal to tim_ocxrefc / (TGO2PSC[4:0] + 1).
Note
The post-scaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new post-scaler ratio is taken into account at the next update event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
postscaler – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) post-scaler value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR1 TGO2PSC LL_TIM_GetTriggerOutput2Postscaler
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
postscaler – (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
slave_mode
)
-
Set the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
slave_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMS LL_TIM_GetSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
trigger_input
)
-
Set the selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
trigger_input – This parameter can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_TS_ITR0 LL_TIM_TS_ITR1 LL_TIM_TS_ITR2 LL_TIM_TS_ITR6 LL_TIM_TS_ITR7 LL_TIM_TS_ITR8 LL_TIM_TS_ITR9 #if TIM20 LL_TIM_TS_ITR12 LL_TIM_TS_ITR13 LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1 LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2 LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the trigger input used to synchronize the counter.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR TS LL_TIM_GetTriggerInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_TS_ITR0 LL_TIM_TS_ITR1 LL_TIM_TS_ITR2 LL_TIM_TS_ITR6 LL_TIM_TS_ITR7 LL_TIM_TS_ITR8 LL_TIM_TS_ITR9 #if TIM20 LL_TIM_TS_ITR12 LL_TIM_TS_ITR13 LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1 LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2 LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the Master/Slave mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the Master/Slave mode is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR MSM LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can operate as a slave timer.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
etr_filter
)
-
Configure the external trigger (ETR) input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR SETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_ConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
etr_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
etr_prescaler – This parameter must be a combination of the following values:
etr_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_prescaler
,
uint32_t
*
p_etr_filter
)
-
Get the external trigger (ETR) input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR ETP LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR SETPS LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
SMCR ETF LL_TIM_GetConfigETR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an external trigger input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_etr_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for ETR polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_etr_prescaler –
Pointer to a storage for ETR prescalers (asynchronous & synchronous).
The value can be a combination of the following values:
p_etr_filter –
Pointer to a storage for ETR filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetETRSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
etr_source
)
-
Select the external trigger (ETR) input source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_SetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
etr_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim1_etr_in is connected to TIM1_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_LSE: tim2_etr_in is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_MCO1: tim2_etr_in is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT2: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out2 (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT13: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out13 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim4_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim8_etr_in is connected to TIM8_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out10 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim20_etr_in is connected to TIM20_ETR LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT14: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out14 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetETRSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the source of the external trigger input (ETR).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 ETRSEL LL_TIM_GetETRSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ETR source selection.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
ETR – source that can be one of the following values:
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim1_etr_in is connected to TIM1_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim1_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim1_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM1_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT8: tim1_etr_in is connected to play1_out8 (*) TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim2_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_LSE: tim2_etr_in is connected to LSE LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_MCO1: tim2_etr_in is connected to MCO1 LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim2_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim2_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM2_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT2: tim2_etr_in is connected to play1_out2 (*) TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim3_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim3_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_ETH1_PTP_PPS_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to eth1_ptp_pps_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim3_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT4: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out4 (*) LL_TIM_TIM3_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT13: tim3_etr_in is connected to play1_out13 (*) TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim4_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim4_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_ETR_IN_TIM5_ETR: tim4_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM5_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim5_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM2_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM2_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM3_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM3_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_TIM4_ETR: tim5_etr_in is connected to TIM4_ETR (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM5_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim5_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim8_etr_in is connected to TIM8_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC1_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc1_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC2_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc2_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim8_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim8_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM8_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT10: tim8_etr_in is connected to play1_out10 (*) TIM20: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_GPIO: tim20_etr_in is connected to TIM20_ETR LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP1_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp1_out LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD1: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd1 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD2: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd2 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_ADC3_AWD3: tim20_etr_in is connected to adc3_awd3 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP2_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp2_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP3_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp3_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_COMP4_OUT: tim20_etr_in is connected to comp4_out (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT6: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out6 (*) LL_TIM_TIM20_ETR_IN_PLAY1_OUT14: tim20_etr_in is connected to play1_out14 (*) (*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_EnableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable SMS preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_DisableSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether SMS preload is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledSMSPreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
preload_source
)
-
Set the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_SetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
preload_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the preload source of SMS.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMCR SMSPS LL_TIM_GetSMSPreloadSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_SMS_PRELOAD_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the preload of SMS field in SMCR register.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableADCSynchronization
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable ADC synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_EnableADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableADCSynchronization
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable ADC synchronization.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_DisableADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledADCSynchronization
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether ADC sycnhronization is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR2 ADSYNC LL_TIM_IsEnabledADCSynchronization
Note
Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports ADC synchronization.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
timer_synchronization
)
Break function configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Break_Function
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
,
uint32_t
break_filter
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Configure the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set), the Break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_afmode
)
-
Get the break input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_break_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output .
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
break2_filter
,
uint32_t
break2_afmode
)
-
Configure the break 2 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BK2BID bit set), the Break 2 input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break 2 input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break2_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break2_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break2_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break2_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_afmode
)
-
Get the break 2 input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_break2_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break2_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break2_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break 2 input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
Note
The break 2 input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disarm the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOffStates
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
offstate_run
)
-
Select the outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_SetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_SetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
offstate_idle – This parameter can be one of the following values:
offstate_run – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetOffStates
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_run
)
-
Get actual outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_GetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_GetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
offstate_idle – This parameter can store one of the following values:
offstate_run – This parameter can store of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOutputDisableStatus
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate the global output state when a break or break2 event occurred, to discriminate the source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR ODS LL_TIM_GetOutputDisableStatus
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable automatic output (MOE can be set by software or automatically when a break input is active).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable automatic output (MOE can be set only by software).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether automatic output is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the outputs (set the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the outputs (reset the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether outputs are enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Enable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the input is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_filter
)
-
Set the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Set the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputAFMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Enable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Disable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Indicates whether a break input source is enabled or not.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP3P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP4P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP3P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP4P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_NONINVERTED LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_INVERTED
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Get the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP3P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP4P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP3P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP4P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_delay
,
uint32_t
delay
)
-
Set the delay duration for a specific break delay.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR2 DBK1 LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
MPR2 DBK2 LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
Note
The delay duration can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new value is taken into account at the next update event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_delay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
delay – Delay duration (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_delay
)
-
Get the delay duration for a specific break delay.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR2 DBK1 LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
MPR2 DBK2 LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_delay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Delay – duration (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable asymmetrical deadtime.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable asymmetrical dead-time.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether asymmetrical deadtime is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable deadtime preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dead-time preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether deadtime preload is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Break_Function
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
,
uint32_t
break_filter
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Configure the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set), the Break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_afmode
)
-
Get the break input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_break_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output .
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
break2_filter
,
uint32_t
break2_afmode
)
-
Configure the break 2 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BK2BID bit set), the Break 2 input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break 2 input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break2_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break2_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break2_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break2_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_afmode
)
-
Get the break 2 input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_break2_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break2_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break2_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break 2 input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
Note
The break 2 input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disarm the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOffStates
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
offstate_run
)
-
Select the outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_SetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_SetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
offstate_idle – This parameter can be one of the following values:
offstate_run – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetOffStates
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_run
)
-
Get actual outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_GetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_GetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
offstate_idle – This parameter can store one of the following values:
offstate_run – This parameter can store of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOutputDisableStatus
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate the global output state when a break or break2 event occurred, to discriminate the source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR ODS LL_TIM_GetOutputDisableStatus
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable automatic output (MOE can be set by software or automatically when a break input is active).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable automatic output (MOE can be set only by software).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether automatic output is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the outputs (set the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the outputs (reset the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether outputs are enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Enable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the input is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_filter
)
-
Set the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Set the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputAFMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Enable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Disable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Indicates whether a break input source is enabled or not.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP3P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP4P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP3P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP4P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_NONINVERTED LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_INVERTED
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Get the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP3P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP4P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP3P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP4P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_delay
,
uint32_t
delay
)
-
Set the delay duration for a specific break delay.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR2 DBK1 LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
MPR2 DBK2 LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
Note
The delay duration can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new value is taken into account at the next update event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_delay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
delay – Delay duration (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_delay
)
-
Get the delay duration for a specific break delay.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR2 DBK1 LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
MPR2 DBK2 LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_delay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Delay – duration (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable asymmetrical deadtime.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable asymmetrical dead-time.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether asymmetrical deadtime is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable deadtime preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dead-time preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether deadtime preload is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Break_Function
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
,
uint32_t
break_filter
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Configure the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BKBID bit set), the Break input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break_afmode
)
-
Get the break input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_break_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output .
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the break 2 function.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
break2_filter
,
uint32_t
break2_afmode
)
-
Configure the break 2 input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
Note
Bidirectional mode is only supported by advanced timer instances.
Note
In bidirectional mode (BK2BID bit set), the Break 2 input is configured both in input mode and in open drain output mode. Any active Break event will assert a low logic level on the Break 2 input to indicate an internal break event to external devices.
Note
When bidirectional mode isn’t supported, break2_afmode must be set to LL_TIM_BREAK2_AFMODE_INPUT.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break2_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break2_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break2_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_polarity
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_filter
,
uint32_t
*
p_break2_afmode
)
-
Get the break 2 input configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_GetConfigBRK2
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a second break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_break2_polarity –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 polarity.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break2_filter –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 filter.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_break2_afmode –
Pointer to a storage for break 2 afmode.
The value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disarm the break 2 input (when it operates in bidirectional mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBRK2
Note
The break 2 input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
Note
Purpose is to be able to have the input voltage back to high-state, whatever the time constant on the output.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disarm the break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_DisarmBreakInput
Note
The break input can be disarmed only when it is configured in bidirectional mode and when when MOE is reset.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the break input 2 is disarmed.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKDSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
BDTR BK2DSRM LL_TIM_IsDisarmedBreakInput
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Status – of the break input 2 (0: armed, 1: disarmed)
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOffStates
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
offstate_run
)
-
Select the outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_SetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_SetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
offstate_idle – This parameter can be one of the following values:
offstate_run – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GetOffStates
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_idle
,
uint32_t
*
offstate_run
)
-
Get actual outputs off state (enabled v.s. disabled) in Idle and Run modes.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_GetOffStates
BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_GetOffStates
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
offstate_idle – This parameter can store one of the following values:
offstate_run – This parameter can store of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOutputDisableStatus
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate the global output state when a break or break2 event occurred, to discriminate the source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR ODS LL_TIM_GetOutputDisableStatus
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable automatic output (MOE can be set by software or automatically when a break input is active).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable automatic output (MOE can be set only by software).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether automatic output is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR AOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable the outputs (set the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable the outputs (reset the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
Note
The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case of break or break2 event.
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether outputs are enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR MOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Enable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Disable a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Indicates whether the input is enabled or not.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInput
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(timx)) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break input (resp. a break2 input).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values:
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH or LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the polarity of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputPolarity
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_filter
)
-
Set the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_SetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_filter – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the digital filter of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKF LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_GetBreakInputFilter
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
break_afmode
)
-
Set the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
break_afmode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputAFMode
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
)
-
Get the mode of a break input.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
BDTR BKBID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
BDTR BK2BID LL_TIM_SetBreakInputAFMode
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Enable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Disable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Indicates whether a break input source is enabled or not.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP3E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP4E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP5E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP6E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP8E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP9E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP10E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP11E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP13E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF1 BKCMP14E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP1E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP2E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP3E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP4E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP5E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP6E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP7E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP13E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
AF2 BK2CMP14E LL_TIM_IsEnabledBreakInputSource
TIM1: combination of the following values:
. . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM8_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_TIM15_BKIN
LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_TIM15_BKINTIM8: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM1_BKIN LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_TIM8_BKINTIM15: combination of the following values: . . BREAK can be a combination of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
,
uint32_t
polarity
)
-
Set the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP3P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP4P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP3P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP4P LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
polarity – This parameter can be one of the following values: LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_NONINVERTED LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_SRC_INVERTED
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_input
,
uint32_t
source
)
-
Get the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “BREAK(2) input source” parameter possibilities:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF1 BKINP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP3P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF1 BKCMP4P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2INP LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP1P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP2P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP3P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
AF2 BK2CMP4P LL_TIM_GetBreakInputSourcePolarity
TIM1: one of the following values:
. . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM1_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM8_BRK_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: . . BREAK can be one of the following values LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_GPIO LL_TIM_TIM15_BRK_COMP1_OUT
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_input – This parameter can be one of the following values:
source – The break and break2 input source parameter depends on timx. Description is available only in the CHM version of the User Manual (not in the PDF).
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_delay
,
uint32_t
delay
)
-
Set the delay duration for a specific break delay.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR2 DBK1 LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
MPR2 DBK2 LL_TIM_SetBreakDelay
Note
The delay duration can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new value is taken into account at the next update event.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_delay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
delay – Delay duration (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255)
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
break_delay
)
-
Get the delay duration for a specific break delay.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
MPR2 DBK1 LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
MPR2 DBK2 LL_TIM_GetBreakDelay
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
break_delay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
- Return values :
-
Delay – duration (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255)
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable asymmetrical deadtime.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_EnableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable asymmetrical dead-time.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_DisableAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether asymmetrical deadtime is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTAE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAsymmetricalDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides asymmetrical deadtime.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
deadtime
)
-
Set the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_SetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
Helper macro LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the deadtime parameter
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
deadtime – between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the falling edge dead-time delay (delay inserted between the falling edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of OCxN signals).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTGF LL_TIM_GetFallingDeadTime
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DEADTIME_ASYMMETRICAL_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not asymmetrical dead-time insertion feature is supported by a timer instance.
Note
This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed (LOCK bits in TIMx_BDTR register).
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255.
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable deadtime preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_EnableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable dead-time preload.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_DisableDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether deadtime preload is activated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DTR2 DTPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDeadTimePreload
Note
Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides deadtime preload.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
DMA burst mode configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_DMA_Burst_Mode
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
-
Configures the timer DMA burst feature.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dmaburst_base_address – This parameter can be one of the following values:
dmaburst_length – This parameter can be one of the following values:
dmaburst_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_source
)
-
Get the timer DMA burst configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_dmaburst_base_address –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst base address.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_dmaburst_length –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst length.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_dmaburst_source –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst source.
The value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the DMA burst source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_DMA_Burst_Mode
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
-
Configures the timer DMA burst feature.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dmaburst_base_address – This parameter can be one of the following values:
dmaburst_length – This parameter can be one of the following values:
dmaburst_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_source
)
-
Get the timer DMA burst configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_dmaburst_base_address –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst base address.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_dmaburst_length –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst length.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_dmaburst_source –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst source.
The value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the DMA burst source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_DMA_Burst_Mode
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
-
Configures the timer DMA burst feature.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dmaburst_base_address – This parameter can be one of the following values:
dmaburst_length – This parameter can be one of the following values:
dmaburst_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
void
LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
*
p_dmaburst_source
)
-
Get the timer DMA burst configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBL LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
DCR DBA LL_TIM_GetConfigDMABurst
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
p_dmaburst_base_address –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst base address.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_dmaburst_length –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst length.
The value can be one of the following values:
p_dmaburst_source –
Pointer to a storage for DMA burst source.
The value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the DMA burst source.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DCR DBSS LL_TIM_GetDMABurstSource
Note
Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance supports the DMA burst mode.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(*) Value not defined for all timer instances.
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_base_address
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_length
,
uint32_t
dmaburst_source
)
Encoder configuration ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_Encoder
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether encoder index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_direction
)
-
Set index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_blanking
)
-
Set index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_blanking – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether first index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_positioning
)
-
Set index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_positioning – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Encoder
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether encoder index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_direction
)
-
Set index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_blanking
)
-
Set index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_blanking – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether first index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_positioning
)
-
Set index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_positioning – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_Encoder
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_DisableEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether encoder index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_direction
)
-
Set index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_SetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_GetIndexDirection
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_blanking
)
-
Set index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_SetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_blanking – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index blanking.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_GetIndexBlanking
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_EnableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable first index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_DisableFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether first index is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_IsEnabledFirstIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
index_positioning
)
-
Set index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_SetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
index_positioning – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get actual index positioning.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_GetIndexPositionning
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
configuration
)
-
Configure encoder index.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ECR IDIR LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IBLK LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR FIDX LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
ECR IPOS LL_TIM_ConfigEncoderIndex
Note
Macro IS_TIM_INDEX_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an index input.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
configuration – This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableEncoderIndex
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
OCREF_Clear_Management ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_OCREF_Clear
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
-
Set the OCREF clear input source.
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM15_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
Note
The OCxREF signal of a given channel can be cleared when a high level is applied on the OCREF_CLR_INPUT
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
ocrefclear_input_source – This parameter can be one of the following values: The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “OCRef clear input source” parameter possibilities:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the OCREF clear input source.
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM15_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values: The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “OCRef clear input source” parameter possibilities:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_OCREF_Clear
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
-
Set the OCREF clear input source.
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM15_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
Note
The OCxREF signal of a given channel can be cleared when a high level is applied on the OCREF_CLR_INPUT
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
ocrefclear_input_source – This parameter can be one of the following values: The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “OCRef clear input source” parameter possibilities:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the OCREF clear input source.
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM15_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values: The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “OCRef clear input source” parameter possibilities:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_OCREF_Clear
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
-
Set the OCREF clear input source.
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM15_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
Note
The OCxREF signal of a given channel can be cleared when a high level is applied on the OCREF_CLR_INPUT
Note
This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
ocrefclear_input_source – This parameter can be one of the following values: The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “OCRef clear input source” parameter possibilities:
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Get the OCREF clear input source.
TIM1: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM1_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM2: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM2_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM3: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM3_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM4: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM4_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT TIM5: one of the following values: (**) LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM5_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM8: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_ETR LL_TIM_TIM8_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
TIM15: one of the following values: LL_TIM_TIM15_OCREF_CLR_INT_COMP1_OUT
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
AF2 OCRSEL LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
SMCR OCCS LL_TIM_GetOCRefClearInputSource
(*) Value not defined in all devices. (**) Timer instance not available on all devices.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values: The description below summarizes specific “Timer Instance” and “OCRef clear input source” parameter possibilities:
-
void
LL_TIM_SetOCRefClearInputSource
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
ocrefclear_input_source
)
FLAG-Management ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the update interrupt flag (UIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) is set (update interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F) is set (Capture/Compare 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F) is set (Capture/Compare 3 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F) is set (Capture/Compare 4 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F) is set (Capture/Compare 5 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F) is set (Capture/Compare 6 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC7
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 7 interrupt flag (CC7F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC7IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC7
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC7
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 7 interrupt flag (CC7F) is set (Capture/Compare 7 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC7IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC7
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the commutation interrupt flag (COMIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether commutation interrupt flag (COMIF) is set (commutation interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the trigger interrupt flag (TIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether trigger interrupt flag (TIF) is set (trigger interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break interrupt flag (BIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break interrupt flag (BIF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the system break interrupt flag (SBIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether system break interrupt flag (SBIF) is set (system break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break generation flag (BGF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BGF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break generation flag (BGF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BGF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_B2G
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 generation flag (B2GF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2GF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_B2G
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_B2G
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 generation flag (B2GF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2GF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_B2G
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF) is set (Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF) is set (Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF) is set (Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the transition error interrupt flag (TERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether transition error interrupt flag (TERRF) is set (transition error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index error interrupt flag (IERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index error interrupt flag (IERRF) is set (index error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the direction change interrupt flag (DIRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether direction change interrupt flag (DIRF) is set (direction change interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index interrupt flag (IDXF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index interrupt flag (IDXF) is set (index interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UIOVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the overrun flag (UIOVRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIOVRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UIOVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UIOVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether overrun flag (UIOVRF) is set (another interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIOVRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UIOVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the update interrupt flag (UIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) is set (update interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F) is set (Capture/Compare 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F) is set (Capture/Compare 3 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F) is set (Capture/Compare 4 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F) is set (Capture/Compare 5 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F) is set (Capture/Compare 6 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC7
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 7 interrupt flag (CC7F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC7IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC7
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC7
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 7 interrupt flag (CC7F) is set (Capture/Compare 7 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC7IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC7
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the commutation interrupt flag (COMIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether commutation interrupt flag (COMIF) is set (commutation interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the trigger interrupt flag (TIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether trigger interrupt flag (TIF) is set (trigger interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break interrupt flag (BIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break interrupt flag (BIF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the system break interrupt flag (SBIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether system break interrupt flag (SBIF) is set (system break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break generation flag (BGF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BGF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break generation flag (BGF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BGF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_B2G
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 generation flag (B2GF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2GF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_B2G
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_B2G
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 generation flag (B2GF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2GF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_B2G
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF) is set (Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF) is set (Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF) is set (Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the transition error interrupt flag (TERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether transition error interrupt flag (TERRF) is set (transition error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index error interrupt flag (IERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index error interrupt flag (IERRF) is set (index error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the direction change interrupt flag (DIRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether direction change interrupt flag (DIRF) is set (direction change interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index interrupt flag (IDXF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index interrupt flag (IDXF) is set (index interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UIOVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the overrun flag (UIOVRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIOVRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UIOVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UIOVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether overrun flag (UIOVRF) is set (another interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIOVRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UIOVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the update interrupt flag (UIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) is set (update interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 interrupt flag (CC2F) is set (Capture/Compare 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 interrupt flag (CC3F) is set (Capture/Compare 3 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 interrupt flag (CC4F) is set (Capture/Compare 4 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 5 interrupt flag (CC5F) is set (Capture/Compare 5 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC5IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC5
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 6 interrupt flag (CC6F) is set (Capture/Compare 6 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC6IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC6
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC7
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 7 interrupt flag (CC7F).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC7IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC7
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC7
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 7 interrupt flag (CC7F) is set (Capture/Compare 7 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC7IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC7
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the commutation interrupt flag (COMIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether commutation interrupt flag (COMIF) is set (commutation interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR COMIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the trigger interrupt flag (TIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether trigger interrupt flag (TIF) is set (trigger interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break interrupt flag (BIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break interrupt flag (BIF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the system break interrupt flag (SBIF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether system break interrupt flag (SBIF) is set (system break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR SBIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break generation flag (BGF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BGF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break generation flag (BGF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR BGF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_B2G
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the break 2 generation flag (B2GF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2GF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_B2G
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_B2G
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether break 2 generation flag (B2GF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR B2GF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_B2G
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC1OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF) is set (Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC2OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt flag (CC3OF) is set (Capture/Compare 3 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC3OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt flag (CC4OF) is set (Capture/Compare 4 over-capture interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR CC4OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4OVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the transition error interrupt flag (TERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether transition error interrupt flag (TERRF) is set (transition error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR TERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index error interrupt flag (IERRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index error interrupt flag (IERRF) is set (index error interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IERRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IERR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the direction change interrupt flag (DIRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether direction change interrupt flag (DIRF) is set (direction change interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR DIRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_DIR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the index interrupt flag (IDXF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether index interrupt flag (IDXF) is set (index interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR IDXF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_IDX
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UIOVR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Clear the overrun flag (UIOVRF).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIOVRF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UIOVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UIOVR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicate whether overrun flag (UIOVRF) is set (another interrupt is pending).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SR UIOVRF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UIOVR
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
IT-Management ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_IT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt (UIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation interrupt (COMIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break interrupt (BIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the transition error interrupt (TERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index error interrupt (IERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the direction change interrupt (DIRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index interrupt (IDXIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Enable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Disable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_IT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt (UIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation interrupt (COMIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break interrupt (BIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the transition error interrupt (TERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index error interrupt (IERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the direction change interrupt (DIRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index interrupt (IDXIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Enable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Disable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_IT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update interrupt (UIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update interrupt (UIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 interrupt (CC2IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 interrupt (CC3IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 interrupt (CC4IE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation interrupt (COMIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable break interrupt (BIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the break interrupt (BIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable transition error interrupt (TERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the transition error interrupt (TERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index error interrupt (IERRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index error interrupt (IERRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IERR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_ERROR_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder error management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable direction change interrupt (DIRIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the direction change interrupt (DIRIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_DIR
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable index interrupt (IDXIE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the index interrupt (IDXIE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_IDX
Note
Macro IS_TIM_FUNCTINONAL_ENCODER_INTERRUPT_INSTANCE(timx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides encoder interrupt management.
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Enable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableIT
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
it_mask
)
-
Disable the interrupt(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC2IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC3IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER CC4IE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IDXIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER DIRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER IERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TERRIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
it_mask – specifies the interrupt source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
DMA Management ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_DMA_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request (UDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation DMA request (COMDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Enable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Disable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_DMA_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request (UDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation DMA request (COMDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Enable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Disable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_DMA_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable update DMA request (UDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the update DMA request (UDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 2 DMA request (CC2DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 3 DMA request (CC3DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the capture/compare 4 DMA request (CC4DE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the commutation DMA request (COMDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Enable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Disable trigger interrupt (TDE).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
uint32_t
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
(
const
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TDE) is enabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER TDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Enable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to enable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
dma_mask
)
-
Disable the selected dma request(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC2DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC3DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER CC4DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
dma_mask – specifies the DMA request source(s) to disable. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
EVENT-Management ¶
- group TIM_LL_EF_EVENT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate an update event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 1 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 3 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 4 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate commutation event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate trigger event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
software_event
)
-
Generate software event(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
software_event – specifies the software event source(s) to generate. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_EVENT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate an update event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 1 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 3 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 4 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate commutation event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate trigger event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
software_event
)
-
Generate software event(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
software_event – specifies the software event source(s) to generate. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
- group TIM_LL_EF_EVENT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate an update event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 1 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 3 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC3
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate Capture/Compare 4 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC4
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate commutation event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate trigger event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)
-
Generate break 2 event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
,
uint32_t
software_event
)
-
Generate software event(s).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC3G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR CC4G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent
- Parameters :
-
timx – Timer instance
software_event – specifies the software event source(s) to generate. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
(
TIM_TypeDef
*
timx
)